Rearrange configs for export
This commit is contained in:
parent
d52b908627
commit
1952982c01
17 changed files with 5758 additions and 0 deletions
86
config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h
Normal file
86
config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/_Bootscreen.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Made with Marlin Bitmap Converter
|
||||
* http://marlinfw.org/tools/u8glib/converter.html
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 88
|
||||
|
||||
const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B01111111,B11111111,B00000000,B10000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B01111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11100000,B00000000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11100011,B10000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00010011,B11111111,B11100001,B10000000,B01111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B10001111,B11100011,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00011110,B00001111,B11111111,B10000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000110,B00011111,B11111111,B10000111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111110,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11110000,B01111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11111100,B00000011,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11000000,B11111111,B11111111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00111110,B00011111,B11111111,B11111110,B00111111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B01111100,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00001111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B11110011,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00011111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B11100111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000001,B11101111,B11111110,B00001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11101111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000001,B11001111,B11110000,B00000001,B11111111,B11111111,B11110011,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B11111111,B11111111,B11111000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11100000,B00000000,B00111111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B11101111,B11000000,B00000000,B00011111,B11111111,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B01100111,B11100100,B00000000,B00001111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00110011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000111,B11111111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000011,B11100000,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B01111000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000111,B11111100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001111,B11100000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B10000111,B10011111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000111,B10000001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00000111,B10000001,B11000011,B11100011,B10011111,B00000111,B10001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,
|
||||
B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B00111100,B00111011,B00000000,
|
||||
B00001111,B11000001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011111,B10001111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111110,B00111111,B10000000,
|
||||
B00011101,B11000001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011111,B10011111,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111111,B10000000,
|
||||
B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11011011,B10001110,B00000000,B01101111,B00111011,B11000000,
|
||||
B00011100,B11100001,B11000000,B01110011,B10011101,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B00111111,B00111011,B11000000,
|
||||
B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11111011,B10001110,B00000000,B11111111,B00111011,B11000000,
|
||||
B00111111,B11110001,B11000000,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000000,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000,
|
||||
B01111000,B01110001,B11000001,B11100011,B10011100,B11110011,B10001110,B00000001,B11101111,B00111011,B11000000,
|
||||
B01110000,B01111001,B11111111,B11000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111111,B11101111,B00111111,B10000000,
|
||||
B01110000,B00111001,B11111111,B10000011,B10011100,B01100011,B10001111,B11111110,B11110111,B00111111,B10000000,
|
||||
B11110000,B01111101,B11111111,B00000111,B10011110,B00000011,B11011111,B11111100,B01100111,B00100111,B00000000
|
||||
};
|
2764
config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h
Normal file
2764
config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,2764 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
|
||||
//
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
|
||||
#define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
|
||||
#define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
|
||||
#define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
|
||||
#define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
|
||||
#define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
|
||||
#define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
|
||||
#define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
|
||||
// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
|
||||
#undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
|
||||
#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Heated Chamber settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
|
||||
#define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
|
||||
//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
|
||||
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
|
||||
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
|
||||
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
|
||||
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
|
||||
* the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
|
||||
* long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
|
||||
* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
|
||||
#if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
|
||||
* firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
|
||||
* hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
|
||||
* requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
|
||||
* if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
|
||||
* test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
|
||||
* and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
|
||||
* below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
|
||||
//#define M114_DETAIL
|
||||
|
||||
// Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
|
||||
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Controller Fan
|
||||
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
|
||||
* and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
|
||||
//#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
|
||||
//#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* PWM Fan Scaling
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
|
||||
* to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
|
||||
* current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
|
||||
* Value 0 always turns off the fan.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FAST PWM FAN Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
|
||||
* Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
|
||||
* frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
|
||||
* These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
|
||||
* NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
|
||||
* Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
|
||||
* 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
|
||||
* 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
|
||||
* A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
|
||||
* PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
|
||||
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
|
||||
//#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
|
||||
* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
|
||||
* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
|
||||
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
|
||||
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
|
||||
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
|
||||
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
|
||||
* spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
|
||||
* set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
|
||||
* that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
|
||||
* this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
|
||||
* in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
|
||||
#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
//#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
|
||||
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
|
||||
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dual X Carriage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
|
||||
* The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
|
||||
* "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
|
||||
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
|
||||
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
|
||||
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
|
||||
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
|
||||
* Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
|
||||
* advanced commands.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
|
||||
* check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
|
||||
* because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
|
||||
* like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
|
||||
// Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
|
||||
// in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
|
||||
* Summary:
|
||||
* - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
|
||||
* - High-Speed mode
|
||||
* - Disable LCD voltage options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
|
||||
* V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
|
||||
* V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
|
||||
* To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
|
||||
* Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
|
||||
* This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
|
||||
* If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BLTOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
|
||||
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
|
||||
// Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } // Set number of iterations to align
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
|
||||
// Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
|
||||
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
|
||||
|
||||
// On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
|
||||
#define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
|
||||
|
||||
// Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
|
||||
// In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
|
||||
// Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
|
||||
// Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
|
||||
|
||||
// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
|
||||
//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Backlash Compensation
|
||||
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
|
||||
// Define values for backlash distance and correction.
|
||||
// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
|
||||
|
||||
// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
|
||||
// to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
|
||||
//#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
|
||||
|
||||
// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
|
||||
//#define BACKLASH_GCODE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
|
||||
// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
|
||||
#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
|
||||
// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
|
||||
// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
|
||||
// increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
|
||||
* conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
|
||||
* on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
|
||||
* and hotend offsets.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
|
||||
* ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
|
||||
|
||||
// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
|
||||
|
||||
// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
|
||||
// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
|
||||
|
||||
// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
|
||||
// probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
|
||||
|
||||
// Define pin which is read during calibration
|
||||
#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
|
||||
* below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
|
||||
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
|
||||
* lowest stepping frequencies.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Custom Microstepping
|
||||
* Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @section stepper motor current
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The power on motor currents are set by:
|
||||
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: A4982
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* known compatible chips: AD5206
|
||||
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
|
||||
* M907 - applies to all.
|
||||
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
|
||||
|
||||
// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Common slave addresses:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
|
||||
* Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
|
||||
* AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
|
||||
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
|
||||
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
|
||||
* MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
|
||||
// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
|
||||
// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
|
||||
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
|
||||
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
|
||||
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAS_LCD_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
|
||||
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
|
||||
//#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LED Control Menu
|
||||
* Add LED Control to the LCD menu
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
|
||||
#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
|
||||
//#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// Scroll a longer status message into view
|
||||
//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
|
||||
//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
|
||||
// Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
|
||||
|
||||
#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
|
||||
* during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
|
||||
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
|
||||
* point in the file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
|
||||
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
|
||||
//#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
|
||||
//#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
|
||||
//#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
|
||||
//#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
|
||||
//#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
|
||||
|
||||
// Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
|
||||
// especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
|
||||
#define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
|
||||
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
|
||||
//#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
|
||||
|
||||
// Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
|
||||
//#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
* This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
* To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
|
||||
* On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
|
||||
* You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
|
||||
* equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
|
||||
* to Marlin as an SD card.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
|
||||
* the following pin mapping:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
|
||||
* INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
|
||||
* SS --> SDSS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
|
||||
#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* USB Host Shield Library
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
|
||||
* on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
|
||||
* is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
|
||||
* [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define USE_UHS3_USB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
|
||||
* add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Tested with this bootloader:
|
||||
* https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
|
||||
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
|
||||
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
|
||||
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
|
||||
//#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
|
||||
*
|
||||
* LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
|
||||
* ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
|
||||
* CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
|
||||
* storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
// Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
|
||||
// Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
|
||||
//#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
|
||||
* the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
|
||||
* Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
|
||||
* message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
|
||||
* length of time to display the status message before clearing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
|
||||
* This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
|
||||
//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
|
||||
#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
|
||||
//#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
|
||||
#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
|
||||
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
|
||||
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
|
||||
#define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
|
||||
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
|
||||
//#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
|
||||
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
|
||||
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
|
||||
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
|
||||
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
|
||||
// Frivolous Game Options
|
||||
//#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
|
||||
//#define MARLIN_INVADERS
|
||||
//#define MARLIN_SNAKE
|
||||
//#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Lulzbot Touch UI
|
||||
//
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI)
|
||||
// Display board used
|
||||
//#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
|
||||
//#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
|
||||
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
|
||||
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
|
||||
//#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
|
||||
|
||||
// Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
|
||||
|
||||
// Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
|
||||
//#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
|
||||
//#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
|
||||
//#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
|
||||
//#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
|
||||
#if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
|
||||
// The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
|
||||
#define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
|
||||
#define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
|
||||
|
||||
// If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
|
||||
//#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
|
||||
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
|
||||
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
|
||||
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
|
||||
// is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
|
||||
// portrait and mirrored orientations.
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
|
||||
|
||||
// UTF8 processing and rendering.
|
||||
// Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
|
||||
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
|
||||
// Western accents support. These accented characters use
|
||||
// combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
|
||||
#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
|
||||
// Additional character groups. These characters require
|
||||
// full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
|
||||
#define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
|
||||
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
|
||||
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
|
||||
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
|
||||
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
|
||||
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
|
||||
|
||||
// Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
|
||||
// (recommended for smaller displays)
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// FSMC Graphical TFT
|
||||
//
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
|
||||
//#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
|
||||
//#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
|
||||
//#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
|
||||
//#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
|
||||
//#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
|
||||
//#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
|
||||
* if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
|
||||
* enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
|
||||
* NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
|
||||
* interrupts are enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
|
||||
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
|
||||
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Linear Pressure Control v1.5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
|
||||
* Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
|
||||
* If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
|
||||
* print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
|
||||
* Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
//#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
|
||||
//#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
|
||||
* Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
|
||||
* Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
|
||||
* to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
|
||||
* sides of the bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
|
||||
* LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
|
||||
* RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
|
||||
* (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
|
||||
* should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
|
||||
* probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
|
||||
* the probe to be unable to reach any points.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
|
||||
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
|
||||
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
|
||||
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
|
||||
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
|
||||
//#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
|
||||
//#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
|
||||
//#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
|
||||
//#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
|
||||
* Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
|
||||
#define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
|
||||
#define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
|
||||
* between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
|
||||
#define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
|
||||
#define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G2/G3 Arc Support
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
|
||||
#define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
|
||||
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
|
||||
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* G38 Probe Target
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
|
||||
* and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
|
||||
* Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
|
||||
* 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
|
||||
* 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
|
||||
* 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
|
||||
* 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
|
||||
* 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
||||
* 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
|
||||
* 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
||||
* 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
|
||||
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
|
||||
* 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
|
||||
* 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
|
||||
* 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
|
||||
* 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
|
||||
* 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
|
||||
* 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
|
||||
* If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
|
||||
* 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
|
||||
* 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
|
||||
* 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
|
||||
* 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
|
||||
* 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
|
||||
* 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Host Receive Buffer Size
|
||||
// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
|
||||
// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
|
||||
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
|
||||
|
||||
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
|
||||
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
|
||||
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
|
||||
//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
|
||||
// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option to collect and display the number
|
||||
// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
|
||||
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
|
||||
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extra Fan Speed
|
||||
* Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
|
||||
* 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
|
||||
* 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
|
||||
* 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
|
||||
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
|
||||
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
|
||||
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
|
||||
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
//#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Universal tool change settings.
|
||||
* Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if EXTRUDERS > 1
|
||||
// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
|
||||
//#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
|
||||
|
||||
// Retract and prime filament on tool-change
|
||||
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position to park head during tool change.
|
||||
* Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
|
||||
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Advanced Pause
|
||||
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
|
||||
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
|
||||
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
|
||||
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
|
||||
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
|
||||
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
|
||||
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
|
||||
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
|
||||
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
|
||||
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
|
||||
|
||||
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
|
||||
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
|
||||
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
|
||||
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC26X Stepper Driver options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
|
||||
* https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // TMC26X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc_smart
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
|
||||
* connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
|
||||
* the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
|
||||
* pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
* You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
|
||||
* to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
|
||||
* To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
|
||||
* a resistor.
|
||||
* The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_TRINAMIC
|
||||
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
|
||||
#define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
|
||||
#define X_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
|
||||
#define X2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
|
||||
#define Y_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
|
||||
#define Y2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
|
||||
#define Z_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
|
||||
#define Z2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
|
||||
#define Z3_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
|
||||
#define E0_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
|
||||
#define E1_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
|
||||
#define E2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
|
||||
#define E3_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
|
||||
#define E4_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E4_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
|
||||
#define E5_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E5_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
|
||||
* The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define X_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Y_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Z_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define X2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E0_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E1_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E3_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E4_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E5_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
|
||||
* The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
|
||||
* but you can override or define them here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
|
||||
//#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
|
||||
//#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
|
||||
//#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
|
||||
* Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
|
||||
* Address | MS1 | MS2
|
||||
* 0 | LOW | LOW
|
||||
* 1 | HIGH | LOW
|
||||
* 2 | LOW | HIGH
|
||||
* 3 | HIGH | HIGH
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
|
||||
* on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Software enable
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
|
||||
* function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
|
||||
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
|
||||
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP_XY
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP_Z
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP_E
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
|
||||
* or with the help of an example included in the library.
|
||||
* Provided parameter sets are
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
|
||||
* CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define you own with
|
||||
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
|
||||
* like overtemperature and short to ground.
|
||||
* In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
|
||||
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
|
||||
* Relevant g-codes:
|
||||
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
||||
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
|
||||
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
|
||||
* M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
|
||||
#define STOP_ON_ERROR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
|
||||
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
||||
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
|
||||
* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
||||
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
|
||||
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
||||
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
||||
#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
||||
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
|
||||
* Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
|
||||
* X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
|
||||
* Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
|
||||
* HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
|
||||
* LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
|
||||
* Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
|
||||
* Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
|
||||
* homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
|
||||
* to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
|
||||
|
||||
#if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
|
||||
// TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
|
||||
#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
||||
#define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
|
||||
#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
||||
//#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
||||
//#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
|
||||
//#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Beta feature!
|
||||
* Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
|
||||
* M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define TMC_DEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperY.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
|
||||
|
||||
// @section L6470
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* L6470 Stepper Driver options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
|
||||
* https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
|
||||
#define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
|
||||
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
|
||||
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
|
||||
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
|
||||
* In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
|
||||
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
|
||||
* Relevant g-codes:
|
||||
* M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
||||
* I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
|
||||
* I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
|
||||
* I3 - Z3 or E3
|
||||
* I4 - E4
|
||||
* I5 - E5
|
||||
* M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
|
||||
* M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
|
||||
* M918 - Increase speed until max or error
|
||||
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
|
||||
#define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
|
||||
//#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // L6470
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Photo G-code
|
||||
* Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
|
||||
* The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PHOTO_GCODE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
|
||||
// A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
|
||||
//#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
|
||||
//#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
|
||||
//#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
|
||||
|
||||
// Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// Canon Hack Development Kit
|
||||
// http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
//#define CHDK_PIN 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
|
||||
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
|
||||
|
||||
// Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
|
||||
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spindle & Laser control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
|
||||
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
|
||||
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
|
||||
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
|
||||
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
|
||||
//#define LASER_FEATURE
|
||||
#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
|
||||
//#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
|
||||
* where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
|
||||
*
|
||||
* set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Coolant Control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
|
||||
#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
|
||||
#define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
|
||||
#define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
|
||||
#define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
|
||||
#define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Width Sensor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
|
||||
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
|
||||
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
|
||||
* volume.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
|
||||
|
||||
#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CNC Coordinate Systems
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
|
||||
* and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Expected Printer Check
|
||||
* Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
|
||||
* M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
|
||||
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
|
||||
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CNC G-code options
|
||||
* Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
|
||||
* Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
|
||||
* High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
|
||||
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
|
||||
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
|
||||
//#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Startup commands
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* G-code Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
|
||||
* Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define GCODE_MACROS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
|
||||
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
|
||||
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
|
||||
//#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
|
||||
|
||||
//#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
|
||||
//#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Host Action Commands
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
|
||||
* Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
|
||||
* G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
|
||||
* filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
|
||||
//#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
|
||||
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
|
||||
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
|
||||
* Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
|
||||
// encoders supported currently.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
|
||||
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
|
||||
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
|
||||
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
|
||||
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
|
||||
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
|
||||
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
|
||||
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
|
||||
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
|
||||
// disable abort behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
|
||||
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
|
||||
// is trusted again.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
|
||||
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
|
||||
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
|
||||
|
||||
// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Analog Joystick(s)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define JOYSTICK
|
||||
#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
|
||||
#define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
|
||||
#define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
|
||||
#define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
|
||||
#define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
|
||||
|
||||
// Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware:
|
||||
#define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
|
||||
#define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
|
||||
#define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MAX7219 Debug Matrix
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
|
||||
* Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
|
||||
#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
|
||||
#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
|
||||
#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
|
||||
#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
|
||||
#define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
|
||||
// connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sample debug features
|
||||
* If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
|
||||
// If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
|
||||
// tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* NanoDLP Sync support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
|
||||
* string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
|
||||
* [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
|
||||
//#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
|
||||
// Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define WIFISUPPORT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
|
||||
#define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
|
||||
#define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
|
||||
//#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
|
||||
//#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
|
||||
* Enable in Configuration.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
|
||||
|
||||
// Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
|
||||
// For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
|
||||
// For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
|
||||
#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
|
||||
#define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
|
||||
|
||||
// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
|
||||
//#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
|
||||
//#define MMU2_MODE_12V
|
||||
|
||||
// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
|
||||
#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an LCD menu for MMU2
|
||||
//#define MMU2_MENUS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
|
||||
// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
|
||||
#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
|
||||
#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
|
||||
{ 7.2, 562 }, \
|
||||
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
|
||||
{ 36.0, 1393 }, \
|
||||
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
|
||||
{ 50.0, 198 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
|
||||
{ 1.0, 1000 }, \
|
||||
{ 1.0, 1500 }, \
|
||||
{ 2.0, 2000 }, \
|
||||
{ 1.5, 3000 }, \
|
||||
{ 2.5, 4000 }, \
|
||||
{ -15.0, 5000 }, \
|
||||
{ -14.0, 1200 }, \
|
||||
{ -6.0, 600 }, \
|
||||
{ 10.0, 700 }, \
|
||||
{ -10.0, 400 }, \
|
||||
{ -50.0, 2000 }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Advanced Print Counter settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
|
||||
#define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
|
||||
// Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
|
||||
//#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
|
||||
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
|
||||
//#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
|
||||
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
|
||||
//#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
|
||||
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section develop
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
|
||||
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
|
60
config/examples/Felix/Single/README.md
Normal file
60
config/examples/Felix/Single/README.md
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
|||
# Felix 2.0/3.0 Configuration for Marlin Firmware
|
||||
|
||||
Bringing silky smooth prints to Felix.
|
||||
|
||||
## Build HOWTO
|
||||
|
||||
- Install the latest non-beta Arduino software IDE/toolset: http://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software
|
||||
- Download the Marlin firmware
|
||||
- [Latest developement version](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/Development)
|
||||
- [Stable version](https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin/tree/Development)
|
||||
- In both cases use the "Download Zip" button on the right.
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
cd Marlin/src
|
||||
cp config/examples/Felix/Configuration_adv.h .
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
The next step depends on your setup:
|
||||
|
||||
### Single Extruder Configuration
|
||||
|
||||
cp config/examples/Felix/Configuration.h .
|
||||
|
||||
### Dual Extruder Configuration
|
||||
|
||||
cp config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration.h Configuration.h
|
||||
|
||||
### Compile Firmware
|
||||
|
||||
- Start the Arduino IDE.
|
||||
- Select Tools -> Board -> Arduino Mega 2560
|
||||
- Select the correct serial port in Tools -> Serial Port (usually /dev/ttyUSB0)
|
||||
- Open Marlin.pde or .ino
|
||||
- Click the Verify/Compile button
|
||||
|
||||
### Flash Firmware
|
||||
|
||||
#### Connected directly via USB
|
||||
|
||||
- Click the Upload button. If all goes well the firmware is uploading
|
||||
|
||||
#### Remote update
|
||||
|
||||
Find the latest Arduino build:
|
||||
|
||||
ls -altr /tmp/
|
||||
drwxr-xr-x 5 chrono users 12288 Mar 3 21:41 build6072035599686630843.tmp
|
||||
|
||||
Copy the firmware to your printer host:
|
||||
|
||||
scp /tmp/build6072035599686630843.tmp/Marlin.cpp.hex a.b.c.d:/tmp/
|
||||
|
||||
Connect to your printer host via ssh, stop Octoprint or any other service that may block your USB device and make sure you have avrdude installed, then run:
|
||||
|
||||
avrdude -C/etc/avrdude.conf -v -v -v -patmega2560 -cwiring -P/dev/ttyUSB0 \
|
||||
-b115200 -D -Uflash:w:/tmp/Marlin.cpp.hex:i
|
||||
|
||||
## Acknowledgements
|
||||
|
||||
Mashed together and tested on https://apollo.open-resource.org/mission:resources:picoprint based on collaborative teamwork of @andrewsil1 and @thinkyhead.
|
54
config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/README.md
Normal file
54
config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro B/noprobe/README.md
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
|||
These are example configurations for the low-cost [Acrylic Prusa I3 pro B 3D Printer DIY kit](http://www.geeetech.com/acrylic-geeetech-prusa-i3-pro-b-3d-printer-diy-kit-p-917.html) and the [3DTouch auto bed leveling sensor](http://www.geeetech.com/geeetech-3dtouch-auto-bed-leveling-sensor-for-3d-printer-p-1010.html) based on:
|
||||
|
||||
- `../GT2560/`
|
||||
- [Marlin 1.1.4 With 3DTouch / BLTouch for i3 Pro B](https://www.geeetech.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=19846)
|
||||
|
||||
The main characteristics of these configurations are:
|
||||
|
||||
- The defined motherboard is `BOARD_GT2560_REV_A_PLUS`.
|
||||
- Travel limits are adjusted to the printer bed size and position.
|
||||
- An example `SKEW_CORRECTION` for a particular printer is enabled. See comments below about how to adjust it to a particular printer.
|
||||
- Using the LCD controller for bed leveling is enabled.
|
||||
- `PROBE_MANUALLY` is enabled, which *provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe*.
|
||||
- The `LEVEL_BED_CORNERS` option for manual bed adjustment is enabled.
|
||||
- Bilinear bed leveling is enabled, the boundaries for probing are adjusted to the glass size, and extrapolation is enabled.
|
||||
- `PRINTCOUNTER` is enabled, in order to track statistical data.
|
||||
- `INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU` is enabled, which adds individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
|
||||
- The speaker is enabled for the UI feedback.
|
||||
- `bltouch` variant:
|
||||
- `USE_ZMAX_PLUG` is enabled. See comments about connections below.
|
||||
- Heaters and fans are turned off when probing.
|
||||
- Multiple probing is set to 3.
|
||||
|
||||
# First-time configuration
|
||||
|
||||
## Skew factor
|
||||
|
||||
The skew factor must be adjusted for each printer:
|
||||
|
||||
- First, uncomment `#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0`, compile and upload the firmware.
|
||||
- Then, print [YACS (Yet Another Calibration Square)](https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185). Hint, scale it considering a margin for brim (if used). The larger, the better to make error measurements.
|
||||
- Measure the printed part according to the comments in the example configuration file, and set `XY_DIAG_AC`, `XY_DIAG_BD` and `Y_SIDE_AD`.
|
||||
- Last, comment `#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0` again, compile and upload.
|
||||
|
||||
## 3DTouch auto leveling sensor
|
||||
|
||||
- Print a suitable mount to attach the sensor to the printer. The example configuration file is adjusted to http://www.geeetech.com/wiki/images/6/61/3DTouch_auto_leveling_sensor-1.zip
|
||||
- Unlike suggested in [geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor), the existing end stop switch is expected to be kept connected to Z_MIN. So, the sensor is to be connected to Z_MAX, according to Marlin's default settings. Furthermore, GT2560-A+ provides a connector for the servo next to thermistor connectors (see [GT2560](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/images/thumb/4/45/GT2560_wiring.jpg/700px-GT2560_wiring.jpg) and [GT2560-A+](http://i.imgur.com/E0t34VU.png)).
|
||||
- Be careful to respect the polarity of the sensor when connecting it to the GT2560-A+. Unlike end stops, reversing the connection will prevent the sensor from working properly.
|
||||
- [Test](http://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor#Testing) and [calibrate](https://www.geeetech.com/wiki/index.php/3DTouch_Auto_Leveling_Sensor#Calibration) the sensor.
|
||||
- If using the GT2560-A+ and with the sensor connected to Z_MAX and an endstop connected to Z_MIN use the following calibration routine instead.
|
||||
|
||||
## 3DTouch Calibration with Z_MAX
|
||||
|
||||
- Home the printer with `G28` command.
|
||||
- Disable the Z axis software endstop with `M211 S0 Z0`
|
||||
- Reset the probe Z_OFFSET with `M851 Z0`
|
||||
- Move to the center of the bed with `G1 X100 Y100`
|
||||
- Move Z incrementally until the nozzle is the correct height from the bed using a shim or piece of paper, record this Z movement, for example -0.2.
|
||||
- Do a single probe at the current point in the middle of the bed using `G30` and not the returned value, for example 1.9. Invert this value, i.e. -1.9, and add it to the Z offset above, i.e. -0.2 in this example giving -2.1.
|
||||
- Update the probe Z_OFFSET to this value using `M851` i.e. `M851 Z-2.1`.
|
||||
- Re-enable software end-stops with `M211 S1 Z0`
|
||||
- Save this value to the EEPROM with `M500`.
|
||||
- Update the start G-Code in your slicer software to insert a `G29` after the last `G28`.
|
||||
- Carefully test that the offset is correct in the first print.
|
15
config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/README.md
Normal file
15
config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/README.md
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
# Micromake C1
|
||||
|
||||
### In the folder "basic"
|
||||
Configuration files for Micromake C1 without mods
|
||||
- English LCD 2X16 Characters
|
||||
- Motors 16 STEPS
|
||||
- No heated bed
|
||||
- No probe, etc.
|
||||
- Like a standard C1 as shipped by Micromake.
|
||||
|
||||
### In the folder "enhanced"
|
||||
Configuration files for Micromake C1 with…
|
||||
- 128 STEPS configured with jumper on the motherboard (all open for 128 Steps).
|
||||
- Capacitive Probe (Adjust offsets at your convenience)
|
||||
- French language with no accents for Japanese LCD.
|
2764
config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h
Normal file
2764
config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,2764 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#pragma once
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configuration_adv.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Advanced settings.
|
||||
* Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
|
||||
* Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters
|
||||
//
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000
|
||||
#define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000
|
||||
#define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000
|
||||
#define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000
|
||||
#define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000
|
||||
#define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000
|
||||
#define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000
|
||||
#define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
|
||||
// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
|
||||
#undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
|
||||
#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Heated Chamber settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
|
||||
#define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target
|
||||
//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING
|
||||
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin
|
||||
//#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
|
||||
#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 1000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
|
||||
#define BED_HYSTERESIS 1 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
|
||||
* and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
|
||||
* protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
|
||||
* temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
|
||||
* the heater on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
|
||||
* If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
|
||||
* long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
|
||||
* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
|
||||
#if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP)
|
||||
//#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
|
||||
* firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
|
||||
* hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
|
||||
* requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
|
||||
* if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
|
||||
* test.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
|
||||
* and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
|
||||
* below 2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER)
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
|
||||
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
|
||||
#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
|
||||
// Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
|
||||
// A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume.
|
||||
//#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
|
||||
#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic Temperature:
|
||||
* The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
|
||||
* The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
|
||||
* Start autotemp mode with M109 S<mintemp> B<maxtemp> F<factor>
|
||||
* The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
|
||||
* mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
|
||||
* Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
|
||||
* On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
|
||||
#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Show extra position information with 'M114 D'
|
||||
//#define M114_DETAIL
|
||||
|
||||
// Show Temperature ADC value
|
||||
// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
|
||||
//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* High Temperature Thermistor Support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
|
||||
* good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
|
||||
* will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
|
||||
* preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
|
||||
* and force stop everything.
|
||||
* To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
|
||||
* min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
|
||||
* aberrant readings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
|
||||
* uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
|
||||
// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
|
||||
//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
|
||||
// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
|
||||
// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
|
||||
// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
|
||||
// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
|
||||
//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
// Extruder runout prevention.
|
||||
// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
|
||||
// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
|
||||
//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
|
||||
// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
|
||||
#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Controller Fan
|
||||
* To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
|
||||
* and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
|
||||
#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
|
||||
#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
|
||||
//#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
|
||||
// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
|
||||
// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
|
||||
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* PWM Fan Scaling
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
|
||||
* to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
|
||||
* current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
|
||||
* Value 0 always turns off the fan.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
|
||||
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* FAST PWM FAN Settings
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h)
|
||||
* Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a
|
||||
* frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default]
|
||||
* Set this to your desired frequency.
|
||||
* If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1)
|
||||
* ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers
|
||||
* These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required
|
||||
* NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default]
|
||||
* Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2:
|
||||
* 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz]
|
||||
* 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz]
|
||||
* A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of
|
||||
* PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.)
|
||||
* USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
|
||||
//#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400
|
||||
//#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extruder cooling fans
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
|
||||
* temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
|
||||
* or set to -1 to disable completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
|
||||
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
|
||||
#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30
|
||||
#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
|
||||
* The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
|
||||
* Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
|
||||
#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
|
||||
#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
|
||||
#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting.
|
||||
//#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
|
||||
#define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
|
||||
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
|
||||
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
|
||||
|
||||
// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
|
||||
//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
|
||||
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
|
||||
* spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
|
||||
* set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
|
||||
* that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
|
||||
* this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
|
||||
* in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X<offset> Y<offset> Z<offset>'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
|
||||
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
|
||||
#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
//#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
|
||||
//#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
|
||||
#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
|
||||
#define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
|
||||
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
|
||||
#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dual X Carriage
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
|
||||
* The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
|
||||
* "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
|
||||
* The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
|
||||
* X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
|
||||
* By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S<mode>:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel
|
||||
* results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so
|
||||
* that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with
|
||||
* the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time.
|
||||
* Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates
|
||||
* the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis.
|
||||
* Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and
|
||||
* follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
|
||||
#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS
|
||||
#define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
|
||||
#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS.
|
||||
// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
|
||||
// override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
|
||||
// without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
|
||||
// Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
|
||||
|
||||
// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
|
||||
|
||||
// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
|
||||
// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
|
||||
//#define EXT_SOLENOID
|
||||
|
||||
// @section homing
|
||||
|
||||
// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
|
||||
#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 10
|
||||
#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 10
|
||||
#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3
|
||||
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
|
||||
#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
|
||||
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing
|
||||
|
||||
// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
|
||||
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
|
||||
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES
|
||||
* Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand
|
||||
* advanced commands.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then
|
||||
* check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often
|
||||
* because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable"
|
||||
* like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command.
|
||||
// Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed.
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful
|
||||
// in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations.
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1
|
||||
* Summary:
|
||||
* - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes
|
||||
* - High-Speed mode
|
||||
* - Disable LCD voltage options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller!
|
||||
* V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup.
|
||||
* If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0
|
||||
* On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode
|
||||
* differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization.
|
||||
* Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode.
|
||||
* V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0
|
||||
* V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write )
|
||||
* To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing.
|
||||
* Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems.
|
||||
* This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function
|
||||
* If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu.
|
||||
//#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // BLTOUCH
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
|
||||
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
|
||||
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
|
||||
// Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } // Set number of iterations to align
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
|
||||
// Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
|
||||
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
|
||||
|
||||
// On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm
|
||||
#define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle
|
||||
|
||||
// Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
|
||||
// In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
|
||||
// Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
|
||||
// Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
|
||||
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section motion
|
||||
|
||||
#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false }
|
||||
|
||||
// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles
|
||||
//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION
|
||||
|
||||
// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
|
||||
#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
|
||||
|
||||
// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
|
||||
// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
|
||||
// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
|
||||
#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
|
||||
|
||||
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms)
|
||||
|
||||
// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
|
||||
#define SLOWDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
// Frequency limit
|
||||
// See nophead's blog for more info
|
||||
// Not working O
|
||||
//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
|
||||
|
||||
// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
|
||||
// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
|
||||
// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
|
||||
#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Backlash Compensation
|
||||
// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
|
||||
//
|
||||
//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
|
||||
// Define values for backlash distance and correction.
|
||||
// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
|
||||
|
||||
// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
|
||||
// to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
|
||||
//#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
|
||||
|
||||
// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
|
||||
//#define BACKLASH_GCODE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
|
||||
// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
|
||||
#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
|
||||
// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
|
||||
// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
|
||||
// increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
|
||||
#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
|
||||
* conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
|
||||
* on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
|
||||
* and hotend offsets.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
|
||||
* ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
|
||||
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
|
||||
|
||||
// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
|
||||
|
||||
// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
|
||||
|
||||
// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm
|
||||
|
||||
// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
|
||||
// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
|
||||
|
||||
// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
|
||||
// probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
|
||||
|
||||
// Define pin which is read during calibration
|
||||
#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin
|
||||
//#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
|
||||
#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
|
||||
* below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
|
||||
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
|
||||
* lowest stepping frequencies.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Custom Microstepping
|
||||
* Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
|
||||
//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
|
||||
|
||||
// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
|
||||
#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @section stepper motor current
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The power on motor currents are set by:
|
||||
* PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: A4982
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* known compatible chips: AD5206
|
||||
* DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4728
|
||||
* DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
|
||||
* known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
|
||||
* M907 - applies to all.
|
||||
* M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
|
||||
* M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
|
||||
//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
|
||||
|
||||
// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Common slave addresses:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
|
||||
* Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
|
||||
* AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
|
||||
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
|
||||
* AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
|
||||
* MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
|
||||
// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
|
||||
// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
|
||||
#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//=============================Additional Features===========================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
|
||||
#define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm)
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
|
||||
#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
|
||||
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
|
||||
#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
|
||||
#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
|
||||
#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
|
||||
//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
|
||||
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
|
||||
#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAS_LCD_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
|
||||
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
|
||||
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
|
||||
//#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* LED Control Menu
|
||||
* Add LED Control to the LCD menu
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
|
||||
#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
|
||||
#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
|
||||
//#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU
|
||||
|
||||
// Scroll a longer status message into view
|
||||
//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
|
||||
|
||||
// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
|
||||
//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
|
||||
|
||||
// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
|
||||
//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
|
||||
//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
|
||||
#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
|
||||
//#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
|
||||
//#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
|
||||
// Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
|
||||
// around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
|
||||
// as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
|
||||
// This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
|
||||
// Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
|
||||
#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
|
||||
#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
|
||||
|
||||
// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
|
||||
// Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
|
||||
#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
|
||||
|
||||
#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files
|
||||
|
||||
#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27")
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
|
||||
* during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
|
||||
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
|
||||
* point in the file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
|
||||
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
|
||||
//#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
|
||||
//#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
|
||||
//#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate
|
||||
//#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume
|
||||
//#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power.
|
||||
|
||||
// Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card,
|
||||
// especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued.
|
||||
#define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
|
||||
* by name for easier navigation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
|
||||
* - Folders are sorted to the top.
|
||||
* - The sort key is statically allocated.
|
||||
* - No added G-code (M34) support.
|
||||
* - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
|
||||
* compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
|
||||
* limit is exceeded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
|
||||
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
|
||||
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
|
||||
|
||||
// SD Card Sorting options
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
|
||||
#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
|
||||
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
|
||||
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
|
||||
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
|
||||
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
|
||||
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
|
||||
//#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
|
||||
|
||||
// Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
|
||||
//#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
|
||||
* This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
|
||||
* To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
|
||||
* On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
|
||||
* You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
|
||||
* equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
|
||||
* to Marlin as an SD card.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
|
||||
* the following pin mapping:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
|
||||
* INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1]
|
||||
* SS --> SDSS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
|
||||
#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* USB Host Shield Library
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested
|
||||
* on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it
|
||||
* is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos.
|
||||
* [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define USE_UHS3_USB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
|
||||
* add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Tested with this bootloader:
|
||||
* https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
|
||||
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
|
||||
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
|
||||
#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
|
||||
//#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER
|
||||
|
||||
#if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply):
|
||||
*
|
||||
* LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller.
|
||||
* ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.)
|
||||
* CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ]
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // SDSUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass-
|
||||
* storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security).
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Additional options for Graphical Displays
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
|
||||
* which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
|
||||
* especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
|
||||
* on DELTA and SCARA machines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
|
||||
* controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
|
||||
* printing performance versus fast display updates.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
// Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
|
||||
#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
|
||||
#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
|
||||
|
||||
// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
|
||||
|
||||
// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
|
||||
//#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
|
||||
// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
|
||||
//#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
|
||||
|
||||
// Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
|
||||
//#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
|
||||
* the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
|
||||
* Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
|
||||
* message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
|
||||
* length of time to display the status message before clearing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
|
||||
* This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
|
||||
//#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
|
||||
#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Status (Info) Screen customizations
|
||||
* These options may affect code size and screen render time.
|
||||
* Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
|
||||
//#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
|
||||
#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
|
||||
#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
|
||||
#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
|
||||
#define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating
|
||||
//#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
|
||||
//#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
|
||||
//#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
|
||||
//#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
|
||||
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash)
|
||||
//#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM.
|
||||
|
||||
// Frivolous Game Options
|
||||
//#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT
|
||||
//#define MARLIN_INVADERS
|
||||
//#define MARLIN_SNAKE
|
||||
//#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Lulzbot Touch UI
|
||||
//
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI)
|
||||
// Display board used
|
||||
//#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240)
|
||||
//#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272)
|
||||
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272)
|
||||
//#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480)
|
||||
//#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI
|
||||
|
||||
// Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel.
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_320x240
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_480x272
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_800x480
|
||||
|
||||
// Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector
|
||||
//#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping
|
||||
//#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping
|
||||
//#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping
|
||||
//#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below
|
||||
#if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT)
|
||||
// The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen.
|
||||
#define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9
|
||||
#define CLCD_SPI_CS 10
|
||||
|
||||
// If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO
|
||||
//#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI)
|
||||
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11
|
||||
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12
|
||||
#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display
|
||||
// is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support
|
||||
// portrait and mirrored orientations.
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED
|
||||
|
||||
// UTF8 processing and rendering.
|
||||
// Unsupported characters are shown as '?'.
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8
|
||||
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8)
|
||||
// Western accents support. These accented characters use
|
||||
// combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage.
|
||||
#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET)
|
||||
// Additional character groups. These characters require
|
||||
// full bitmaps and take up considerable storage:
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ®
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons
|
||||
#define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE)
|
||||
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en
|
||||
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr
|
||||
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de
|
||||
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es
|
||||
//#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it
|
||||
|
||||
// Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad.
|
||||
// (recommended for smaller displays)
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE
|
||||
|
||||
// Output extra debug info for Touch UI events
|
||||
//#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// FSMC Graphical TFT
|
||||
//
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT)
|
||||
//#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White
|
||||
//#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black
|
||||
//#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black
|
||||
//#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red
|
||||
//#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow
|
||||
//#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section safety
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs
|
||||
* if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever,
|
||||
* enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO.
|
||||
* NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while
|
||||
* interrupts are enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define USE_WATCHDOG
|
||||
#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
|
||||
//#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section lcd
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
|
||||
* the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
|
||||
* axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEPPING
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
|
||||
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
|
||||
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
|
||||
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement).
|
||||
//#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
|
||||
#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
|
||||
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
|
||||
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
|
||||
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extruder
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Linear Pressure Control v1.5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
|
||||
* K=0 means advance disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
|
||||
* Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
|
||||
* If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
|
||||
* print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
|
||||
* Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
|
||||
//#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants
|
||||
#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
|
||||
//#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section leveling
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
|
||||
* Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
|
||||
//#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate
|
||||
* Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or
|
||||
* to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific
|
||||
* sides of the bed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options,
|
||||
* LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over
|
||||
* RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as
|
||||
* (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however
|
||||
* should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the
|
||||
* probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing
|
||||
* the probe to be unable to reach any points.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC
|
||||
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
|
||||
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
|
||||
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE
|
||||
//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
|
||||
// Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
|
||||
//#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
|
||||
//#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
|
||||
//#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
|
||||
//#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
|
||||
* Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
|
||||
#define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
|
||||
#define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
|
||||
* between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
|
||||
#define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
|
||||
#define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
//
|
||||
// G2/G3 Arc Support
|
||||
//
|
||||
#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
|
||||
#define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle
|
||||
#define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections
|
||||
//#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
|
||||
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
|
||||
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* G38 Probe Target
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target)
|
||||
* and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target).
|
||||
* Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
|
||||
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
|
||||
//#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target
|
||||
#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
|
||||
#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
|
||||
* 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
|
||||
* 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
|
||||
* 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
|
||||
* 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
|
||||
* 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
||||
* 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
|
||||
* 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
||||
* 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650
|
||||
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
|
||||
* 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
|
||||
* 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h
|
||||
* 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers
|
||||
* 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
|
||||
* 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
|
||||
* 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
|
||||
* If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
|
||||
* 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
|
||||
* 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
|
||||
* 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
|
||||
* 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
|
||||
* 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
|
||||
* 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
|
||||
|
||||
// @section temperature
|
||||
|
||||
// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
|
||||
//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
|
||||
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
//================================= Buffers =================================
|
||||
//===========================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
// @section hidden
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
|
||||
// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section serial
|
||||
|
||||
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
|
||||
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
|
||||
#define BUFSIZE 26
|
||||
|
||||
// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
|
||||
// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
|
||||
// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
|
||||
// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
|
||||
// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
|
||||
// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
|
||||
#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
|
||||
|
||||
// Host Receive Buffer Size
|
||||
// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
|
||||
// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
|
||||
// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
|
||||
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
|
||||
|
||||
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
|
||||
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
|
||||
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate
|
||||
//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
|
||||
// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
|
||||
// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable this option to collect and display the number
|
||||
// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
|
||||
//#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
|
||||
// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
|
||||
// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
|
||||
// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
|
||||
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
|
||||
// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
|
||||
// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
|
||||
// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
|
||||
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
|
||||
|
||||
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_OK
|
||||
|
||||
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
|
||||
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
|
||||
#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extra Fan Speed
|
||||
* Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
|
||||
* 'M106 P<fan> T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for <fan>
|
||||
* 'M106 P<fan> T2' : Use the set secondary speed
|
||||
* 'M106 P<fan> T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
|
||||
* Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
|
||||
* With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
|
||||
* will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FWRETRACT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
|
||||
#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
|
||||
#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length
|
||||
#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting
|
||||
#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange)
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction
|
||||
#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
|
||||
//#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Universal tool change settings.
|
||||
* Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if EXTRUDERS > 1
|
||||
// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
|
||||
//#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change
|
||||
|
||||
// Retract and prime filament on tool-change
|
||||
//#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
|
||||
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position to park head during tool change.
|
||||
* Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
|
||||
#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
|
||||
#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Advanced Pause
|
||||
* Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
|
||||
* Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
|
||||
* If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires an LCD display.
|
||||
* Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
|
||||
* This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 5 // (mm) Initial retract.
|
||||
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
|
||||
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
|
||||
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
|
||||
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
|
||||
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
|
||||
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
|
||||
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 100 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
|
||||
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
|
||||
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
|
||||
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
|
||||
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
|
||||
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
|
||||
|
||||
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
|
||||
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
|
||||
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
|
||||
|
||||
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
|
||||
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
|
||||
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC26X Stepper Driver options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
|
||||
* https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
|
||||
#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
|
||||
#define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
|
||||
#define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
|
||||
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // TMC26X
|
||||
|
||||
// @section tmc_smart
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
|
||||
* connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
|
||||
* the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
|
||||
* pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
|
||||
* You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
|
||||
* to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
|
||||
* To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
|
||||
* a resistor.
|
||||
* The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_TRINAMIC
|
||||
|
||||
#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
|
||||
#define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
|
||||
#define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
|
||||
#define X_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ...
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
|
||||
#define X2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define X2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
|
||||
#define Y_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
|
||||
#define Y2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
|
||||
#define Z_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
|
||||
#define Z2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
|
||||
#define Z3_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
|
||||
#define E0_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E0_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
|
||||
#define E1_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E1_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
|
||||
#define E2_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E2_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
|
||||
#define E3_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E3_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
|
||||
#define E4_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E4_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
|
||||
#define E5_CURRENT 800
|
||||
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
|
||||
#define E5_RSENSE 0.11
|
||||
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
|
||||
* The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define X_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Y_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Z_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define X2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E0_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E1_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E2_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E3_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E4_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
//#define E5_CS_PIN -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
|
||||
* The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
|
||||
* but you can override or define them here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
|
||||
//#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
|
||||
//#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
|
||||
//#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses.
|
||||
* Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2.
|
||||
* Address | MS1 | MS2
|
||||
* 0 | LOW | LOW
|
||||
* 1 | HIGH | LOW
|
||||
* 2 | LOW | HIGH
|
||||
* 3 | HIGH | HIGH
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers
|
||||
* on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Software enable
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
|
||||
* function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
|
||||
* Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
|
||||
* When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP_XY
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP_Z
|
||||
#define STEALTHCHOP_E
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
|
||||
* or with the help of an example included in the library.
|
||||
* Provided parameter sets are
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
|
||||
* CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
|
||||
* CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define you own with
|
||||
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
|
||||
* like overtemperature and short to ground.
|
||||
* In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
|
||||
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
|
||||
* Relevant g-codes:
|
||||
* M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
||||
* M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
|
||||
* M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
|
||||
* M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
|
||||
#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
|
||||
#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
|
||||
#define STOP_ON_ERROR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
|
||||
* The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
||||
* This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
|
||||
* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
|
||||
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
|
||||
|
||||
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
|
||||
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
|
||||
#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
||||
#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
||||
#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
|
||||
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
|
||||
* Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
|
||||
* X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold.
|
||||
* Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Sensitivity TMC2209 Others
|
||||
* HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive)
|
||||
* LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only ***
|
||||
* Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing.
|
||||
* Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when
|
||||
* homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
|
||||
* to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only
|
||||
|
||||
#if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING)
|
||||
// TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63
|
||||
#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
||||
#define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY
|
||||
#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
||||
//#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
|
||||
//#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only
|
||||
//#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Beta feature!
|
||||
* Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
|
||||
* M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define TMC_DEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
|
||||
* A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
|
||||
* https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example:
|
||||
* #define TMC_ADV() { \
|
||||
* stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
|
||||
* stepperY.interpolate(0); \
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define TMC_ADV() { }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
|
||||
|
||||
// @section L6470
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* L6470 Stepper Driver options
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
|
||||
* https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
|
||||
* L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
|
||||
|
||||
//#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
|
||||
#define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
|
||||
#define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
|
||||
#define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
|
||||
#define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
|
||||
#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
|
||||
#define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
|
||||
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
|
||||
#define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
|
||||
#define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
|
||||
#define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
|
||||
#define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
|
||||
#define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
|
||||
#define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
|
||||
#define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
|
||||
#define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
|
||||
#define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
|
||||
#define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
|
||||
#define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
|
||||
#define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
|
||||
#define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
|
||||
#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
|
||||
* In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
|
||||
* Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
|
||||
* Relevant g-codes:
|
||||
* M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
|
||||
* I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
|
||||
* I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
|
||||
* I3 - Z3 or E3
|
||||
* I4 - E4
|
||||
* I5 - E5
|
||||
* M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
|
||||
* M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
|
||||
* M918 - Increase speed until max or error
|
||||
* M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
|
||||
#define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
|
||||
//#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // L6470
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* TWI/I2C BUS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
|
||||
* machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
|
||||
* devices on the bus.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #1
|
||||
* ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B<base 10> arg
|
||||
* M260 A99 ; Target slave address
|
||||
* M260 B77 ; M
|
||||
* M260 B97 ; a
|
||||
* M260 B114 ; r
|
||||
* M260 B108 ; l
|
||||
* M260 B105 ; i
|
||||
* M260 B110 ; n
|
||||
* M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #2
|
||||
* ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
|
||||
* M261 A99 B5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ; Example #3
|
||||
* ; Example serial output of a M261 request
|
||||
* echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// @section i2cbus
|
||||
|
||||
//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
|
||||
#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
|
||||
|
||||
// @section extras
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Photo G-code
|
||||
* Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
|
||||
* The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PHOTO_GCODE
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
|
||||
// A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
|
||||
//#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
|
||||
//#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
|
||||
//#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
|
||||
|
||||
// Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
|
||||
// Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
|
||||
//#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// Canon Hack Development Kit
|
||||
// http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
|
||||
//#define CHDK_PIN 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
|
||||
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
|
||||
|
||||
// Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
|
||||
//#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spindle & Laser control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
|
||||
* to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
|
||||
* Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
|
||||
* the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
|
||||
* hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE
|
||||
//#define LASER_FEATURE
|
||||
#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE)
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE)
|
||||
//#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction
|
||||
#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
|
||||
*
|
||||
* SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
|
||||
* where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
|
||||
*
|
||||
* set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
|
||||
#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Coolant Control
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define COOLANT_CONTROL
|
||||
#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL)
|
||||
#define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present
|
||||
#define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present
|
||||
#define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
|
||||
#define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filament Width Sensor
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
|
||||
* flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
|
||||
* extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
|
||||
* volume.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
|
||||
* 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
|
||||
* 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
|
||||
#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
|
||||
#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
|
||||
|
||||
#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
|
||||
#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
|
||||
|
||||
#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
|
||||
|
||||
// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
|
||||
//#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CNC Coordinate Systems
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
|
||||
* and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Auto-report temperatures with M155 S<seconds>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Include capabilities in M115 output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Expected Printer Check
|
||||
* Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME.
|
||||
* M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
|
||||
|
||||
#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Volumetric extrusion default state
|
||||
* Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
|
||||
* with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
|
||||
* workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - M206 and M428 are disabled.
|
||||
* - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
|
||||
* This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
|
||||
* Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CNC G-code options
|
||||
* Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
|
||||
* Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
|
||||
* High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
|
||||
//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
|
||||
//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
|
||||
#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
|
||||
//#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Startup commands
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* G-code Macros
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
|
||||
* Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define GCODE_MACROS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
|
||||
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
|
||||
#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
|
||||
//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
|
||||
#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
|
||||
//#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
|
||||
|
||||
#define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
|
||||
#define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
|
||||
|
||||
//#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
|
||||
//#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Host Action Commands
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
|
||||
* Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
|
||||
* G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
|
||||
* filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
|
||||
//#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
|
||||
* Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
|
||||
* Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
|
||||
* Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
|
||||
// encoders supported currently.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. <X|Y|Z|E>_AXIS.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
|
||||
// I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
|
||||
// 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
|
||||
// for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
|
||||
// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
|
||||
// printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
|
||||
// smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
|
||||
// measurement noise / latency (filter).
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
|
||||
|
||||
// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
|
||||
#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
|
||||
|
||||
//#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
|
||||
// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
|
||||
// disable abort behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
|
||||
// for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
|
||||
// is trusted again.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
|
||||
* this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
|
||||
* error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
|
||||
|
||||
// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
|
||||
#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Analog Joystick(s)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define JOYSTICK
|
||||
#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK)
|
||||
#define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2
|
||||
#define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2
|
||||
#define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2
|
||||
#define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2
|
||||
|
||||
// Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware:
|
||||
#define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max
|
||||
#define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 }
|
||||
#define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 }
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MAX7219 Debug Matrix
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
|
||||
* Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
|
||||
#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
|
||||
#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
|
||||
#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
|
||||
#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
|
||||
#define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
|
||||
// connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
|
||||
//#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sample debug features
|
||||
* If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
|
||||
// If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
|
||||
// tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* NanoDLP Sync support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
|
||||
* string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
|
||||
* [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
|
||||
#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
|
||||
//#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
|
||||
// Default behavior is limited to Z axis only.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define WIFISUPPORT
|
||||
#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
|
||||
#define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
|
||||
#define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
|
||||
//#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery
|
||||
//#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
|
||||
* Enable in Configuration.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
|
||||
|
||||
// Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
|
||||
// For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
|
||||
// For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
|
||||
#define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
|
||||
#define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
|
||||
|
||||
// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
|
||||
//#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
|
||||
//#define MMU2_MODE_12V
|
||||
|
||||
// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
|
||||
#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
|
||||
|
||||
// Add an LCD menu for MMU2
|
||||
//#define MMU2_MENUS
|
||||
#if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
|
||||
// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
|
||||
// This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
|
||||
#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
|
||||
#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
|
||||
{ 7.2, 562 }, \
|
||||
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
|
||||
{ 36.0, 1393 }, \
|
||||
{ 14.4, 871 }, \
|
||||
{ 50.0, 198 }
|
||||
|
||||
#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
|
||||
{ 1.0, 1000 }, \
|
||||
{ 1.0, 1500 }, \
|
||||
{ 2.0, 2000 }, \
|
||||
{ 1.5, 3000 }, \
|
||||
{ 2.5, 4000 }, \
|
||||
{ -15.0, 5000 }, \
|
||||
{ -14.0, 1200 }, \
|
||||
{ -6.0, 600 }, \
|
||||
{ 10.0, 700 }, \
|
||||
{ -10.0, 400 }, \
|
||||
{ -50.0, 2000 }
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Advanced Print Counter settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
|
||||
#define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
|
||||
// Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
|
||||
//#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
|
||||
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
|
||||
//#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
|
||||
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
|
||||
//#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
|
||||
//#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// @section develop
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
|
||||
//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
|
15
config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/README.md
Normal file
15
config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/README.md
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
|||
# Configuration for Velleman K8400 Vertex
|
||||
http://www.k8400.eu/
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration files for the K8400, ported upstream from the official Velleman firmware.
|
||||
Like its predecessor, (K8200), the K8400 is a 3Drag clone. There are some minor differences, documented in pins_K8400.h.
|
||||
|
||||
Single and dual head configurations provided. Copy the correct Configuration.h and Configuration_adv.h to the /src/config directory.
|
||||
|
||||
**NOTE: This configuration includes the community sourced feed rate fix. Use 100% feed rate in Repetier!**
|
||||
|
||||
For implementation and updated K8400 firmware, see https://github.com/birkett/Velleman-K8400-Firmware
|
||||
|
||||
### Original Sources
|
||||
Credit to Velleman for the original 1.0.x based code:<br />
|
||||
http://www.vertex3dprinter.eu/downloads/files/vertex/firmware/vertex-m1-v1.4-h2.zip
|
Reference in a new issue